Sema.h revision b1502bcd67fb593a95cbf73ec3814f4015666da0
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
45#include <deque>
46#include <string>
47
48namespace llvm {
49  class APSInt;
50  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
51  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
52  class SmallBitVector;
53}
54
55namespace clang {
56  class ADLResult;
57  class ASTConsumer;
58  class ASTContext;
59  class ASTMutationListener;
60  class ASTReader;
61  class ASTWriter;
62  class ArrayType;
63  class AttributeList;
64  class BlockDecl;
65  class CXXBasePath;
66  class CXXBasePaths;
67  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
68  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
69  class CXXConstructorDecl;
70  class CXXConversionDecl;
71  class CXXDestructorDecl;
72  class CXXFieldCollector;
73  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
74  class CXXMethodDecl;
75  class CXXScopeSpec;
76  class CXXTemporary;
77  class CXXTryStmt;
78  class CallExpr;
79  class ClassTemplateDecl;
80  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
81  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
82  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
83  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
84  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
85  class CodeCompletionResult;
86  class Decl;
87  class DeclAccessPair;
88  class DeclContext;
89  class DeclRefExpr;
90  class DeclaratorDecl;
91  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
92  class DependentDiagnostic;
93  class DesignatedInitExpr;
94  class Designation;
95  class EnumConstantDecl;
96  class Expr;
97  class ExtVectorType;
98  class ExternalSemaSource;
99  class FormatAttr;
100  class FriendDecl;
101  class FunctionDecl;
102  class FunctionProtoType;
103  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
104  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
105  class InitListExpr;
106  class InitializationKind;
107  class InitializationSequence;
108  class InitializedEntity;
109  class IntegerLiteral;
110  class LabelStmt;
111  class LambdaExpr;
112  class LangOptions;
113  class LocalInstantiationScope;
114  class LookupResult;
115  class MacroInfo;
116  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
117  class NamedDecl;
118  class NonNullAttr;
119  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
120  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
121  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
122  class ObjCContainerDecl;
123  class ObjCImplDecl;
124  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
125  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
126  class ObjCIvarDecl;
127  template <class T> class ObjCList;
128  class ObjCMessageExpr;
129  class ObjCMethodDecl;
130  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
131  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
132  class OverloadCandidateSet;
133  class OverloadExpr;
134  class ParenListExpr;
135  class ParmVarDecl;
136  class Preprocessor;
137  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
138  class PseudoObjectExpr;
139  class QualType;
140  class StandardConversionSequence;
141  class Stmt;
142  class StringLiteral;
143  class SwitchStmt;
144  class TargetAttributesSema;
145  class TemplateArgument;
146  class TemplateArgumentList;
147  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
148  class TemplateDecl;
149  class TemplateParameterList;
150  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
151  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
152  class Token;
153  class TypeAliasDecl;
154  class TypedefDecl;
155  class TypedefNameDecl;
156  class TypeLoc;
157  class UnqualifiedId;
158  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
159  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
160  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
161  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
162  class UsingDecl;
163  class UsingShadowDecl;
164  class ValueDecl;
165  class VarDecl;
166  class VisibilityAttr;
167  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
168  class IndirectFieldDecl;
169
170namespace sema {
171  class AccessedEntity;
172  class BlockScopeInfo;
173  class CapturingScopeInfo;
174  class CompoundScopeInfo;
175  class DelayedDiagnostic;
176  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
177  class FunctionScopeInfo;
178  class LambdaScopeInfo;
179  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
180  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
181}
182
183// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
184// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
185typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
186                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
187
188/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
189class Sema {
190  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
191  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
192  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
193public:
194  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
195  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
196  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
197
198  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
199  FPOptions FPFeatures;
200
201  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
202  Preprocessor &PP;
203  ASTContext &Context;
204  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
205  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
206  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
207
208  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
209  bool CollectStats;
210
211  /// \brief Source of additional semantic information.
212  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
213
214  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
215  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
216
217  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
218  DeclContext *CurContext;
219
220  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
221  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
222  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
223
224  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
225  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
226  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
227
228  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
229  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
230  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
231
232  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
233
234  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
235  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
236
237  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
238  ///
239  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
240  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
241  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
242
243  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
244  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
245  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
246
247  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
248  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
249  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
250  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
251
252  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs;
253
254  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
255  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
256  ///
257  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
258  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
259  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
260  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
261
262  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
263                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
264    ExtVectorDeclsType;
265
266  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
267  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
268  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
269  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
270
271  /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the
272  /// definitions being hidden.
273  ///
274  /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics.
275  llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions;
276
277  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
278  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
279
280  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
281
282  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
283  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
284
285  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
286
287  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
288  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
289  /// same list more than once.
290  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
291
292  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
293  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
294  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
295
296  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
297  /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name.
298  ///
299  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
300  /// scoped, e.g.,
301  ///
302  /// \code
303  /// void f() {
304  ///   void foo(int, int);
305  /// }
306  /// \endcode
307  ///
308  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on
309  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
310  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
311  ///
312  ///   - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we
313  ///     can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types
314  ///     of this external declaration can be checked for
315  ///     compatibility.
316  ///
317  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
318  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
319  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
320  ///     not visible.
321  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls;
322
323  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name.
324  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
325  findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name);
326
327  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
328                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
329    TentativeDefinitionsType;
330
331  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
332  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
333
334  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
335                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
336    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
337
338  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
339  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
340  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
341
342  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
343                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
344    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
345
346  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
347  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
348  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
349
350  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
351  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
352  /// exception spec.
353  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
354
355  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
356  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
357  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
358  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
359                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
360      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
361
362  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
363  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
364  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
365  void *OpaqueParser;
366
367  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
368    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
369    OpaqueParser = P;
370  }
371
372  class DelayedDiagnostics;
373
374  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
375    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
376    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
377  };
378  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
379  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
380
381  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
382  /// during parsing and other processing.
383  class DelayedDiagnostics {
384    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
385    /// diagnostics should go.
386    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
387
388  public:
389    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
390
391    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
392    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
393
394    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
395    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
396
397    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
398    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
399      return CurPool;
400    }
401
402    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
403    /// collected in this pool.
404    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
405      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
406      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
407      CurPool = &pool;
408      return state;
409    }
410
411    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
412    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
413    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
414    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
415      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
416    }
417
418    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
419    /// not delayed.
420    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
421      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
422      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
423      CurPool = 0;
424      return state;
425    }
426
427    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
428    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
429      assert(CurPool == NULL);
430      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
431    }
432  } DelayedDiagnostics;
433
434  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
435  class ContextRAII {
436  private:
437    Sema &S;
438    DeclContext *SavedContext;
439    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
440    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
441
442  public:
443    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
444      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
445        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
446        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
447    {
448      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
449      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
450    }
451
452    void pop() {
453      if (!SavedContext) return;
454      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
455      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
456      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
457      SavedContext = 0;
458    }
459
460    ~ContextRAII() {
461      pop();
462    }
463  };
464
465  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
466  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
467  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
468  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
469
470  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
471  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
472  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
473  /// in the currently selected standard.
474  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
475
476
477  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
478  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
479
480  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
481  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
482  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
483  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
484  /// It would be best to refactor this.
485  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
486
487  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
488
489  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
490  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
491  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
492  Scope *TUScope;
493
494  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
495  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
496
497  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
498  /// standard library.
499  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
500
501  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
502  /// \<initializer_list>.
503  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
504
505  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
506  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
507
508  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
509  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
510
511  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
512  llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
513
514  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
515  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
516
517  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
518  QualType NSNumberPointer;
519
520  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
521  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
522
523  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
524  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
525
526  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
527  QualType NSStringPointer;
528
529  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
530  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
531
532  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
533  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
534
535  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
536  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
537
538  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
539  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
540
541  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
542  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
543
544  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
545  QualType QIDNSCopying;
546
547  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
548  /// have been declared.
549  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
550
551  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
552  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
553  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
554    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
555    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
556    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
557    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
558    /// run time.
559    Unevaluated,
560
561    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
562    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
563    /// cases in a switch statment).
564    ConstantEvaluated,
565
566    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
567    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
568    /// expression at run time.
569    PotentiallyEvaluated,
570
571    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
572    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
573    /// in fact the current expression is used.
574    ///
575    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
576    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
577    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
578    /// until the default argument is used.
579    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
580  };
581
582  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
583  /// expression evaluation contexts.
584  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
585    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
586    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
587
588    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
589    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
590
591    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
592    bool IsDecltype;
593
594    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
595    /// this expression evaluation context.
596    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
597
598    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
599
600    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
601    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
602    llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
603
604    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
605    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
606    /// default function argument.
607    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
608
609    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
610    /// within this context.
611    ///
612    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
613    /// do not have lambda expressions.
614    LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle;
615
616    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
617    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
618    llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
619
620    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
621    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
622    llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
623
624    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
625                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
626                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
627                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
628                                      bool IsDecltype)
629      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
630        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
631        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
632
633    ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() {
634      delete LambdaMangle;
635    }
636
637    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
638    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
639      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
640      if (!LambdaMangle)
641        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
642      return *LambdaMangle;
643    }
644  };
645
646  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
647  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
648
649  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
650  /// function.
651  ///
652  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
653  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
654  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
655  public:
656    enum Kind {
657      NoMemberOrDeleted,
658      Ambiguous,
659      Success
660    };
661
662  private:
663    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
664
665  public:
666    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
667      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
668    {}
669
670    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
671    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
672
673    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
674    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
675  };
676
677  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
678  /// for C++ records.
679  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
680
681  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
682  ///
683  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
684  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
685  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
686  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
687  /// checks.
688  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
689
690  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
691
692  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
693  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
694
695  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
696    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
697
698  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
699  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
700  ///
701  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
702  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
703  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
704  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
705  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
706
707  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
708  // argument locations.
709  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
710
711  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with
712  /// internal linkage in this translation unit.
713  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals;
714
715  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
716  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
717
718  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
719  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
720  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
721  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
722  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
723
724  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
725  /// of -Wselector.
726  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
727
728  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
729
730  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
731  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
732
733  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
734  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
735  /// should not be used elsewhere.
736  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
737
738  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
739  /// statements.
740  class FPContractStateRAII {
741  public:
742    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
743      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
744    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
745      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
746    }
747  private:
748    Sema& S;
749    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
750  };
751
752public:
753  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
754       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
755       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
756  ~Sema();
757
758  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
759  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
760  void Initialize();
761
762  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
763  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
764  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
765
766  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
767  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
768  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
769  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
770  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
771  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
772  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
773
774  void PrintStats() const;
775
776  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
777  /// template instantiation stacks.
778  ///
779  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
780  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
781  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
782  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
783  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
784  /// well.
785  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
786    Sema &SemaRef;
787    unsigned DiagID;
788
789  public:
790    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
791      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
792
793    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
794      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
795      if (!isActive()) return;
796
797      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
798      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
799      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
800      //
801      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
802      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
803      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
804      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
805      // eliminate that code.
806      FlushCounts();
807      Clear();
808
809      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
810      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
811    }
812  };
813
814  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
815  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
816    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
817    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
818  }
819
820  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
821  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
822
823  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
824  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
825
826  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
827
828  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
829  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
830  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
831
832  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
833  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
834  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
835
836  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
837
838  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
839
840  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
841
842  void PushFunctionScope();
843  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
844  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
845  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
846                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
847
848  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
849    return FunctionScopes.back();
850  }
851
852  void PushCompoundScope();
853  void PopCompoundScope();
854
855  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
856
857  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
858
859  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
860  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
861
862  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
863  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
864
865  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
866  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
867
868  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
869
870  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
871  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
872  //
873
874  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs);
875  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) {
876    return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
877  }
878  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
879                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
880  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
881                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
882  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
883                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
884                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
885  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
886                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
887  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
888                             QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes,
889                             bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn,
890                             unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier,
891                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
892                             FunctionType::ExtInfo Info);
893  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
894                                  SourceLocation Loc,
895                                  DeclarationName Entity);
896  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
897                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
898  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
899  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
900
901  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
902  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
903  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
904                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
905
906  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
907  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
908  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
909  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
910  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
911  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
912  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
913                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
914  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range);
915  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
916  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
917  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
918      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
919      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
920  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
921      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
922      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
923      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
924      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
925      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
926      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
927      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
928  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
929      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
930      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
931      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
932  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
933      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
934      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
935
936  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
937
938  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
939  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
940  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
941
942  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
943  struct TypeDiagnoser {
944    bool Suppressed;
945
946    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
947
948    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
949    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
950  };
951
952  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
953  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
954  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
955  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
956  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
957  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
958  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
959    return II;
960  }
961  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
962  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
963  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
964  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
965  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
966  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
967
968  template<typename T1>
969  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
970    unsigned DiagID;
971    const T1 &Arg1;
972
973  public:
974    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
975      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
976    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
977      if (Suppressed) return;
978      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
979    }
980
981    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
982  };
983
984  template<typename T1, typename T2>
985  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
986    unsigned DiagID;
987    const T1 &Arg1;
988    const T2 &Arg2;
989
990  public:
991    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
992                                  const T2 &Arg2)
993      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
994        Arg2(Arg2) { }
995
996    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
997      if (Suppressed) return;
998      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
999    }
1000
1001    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1002  };
1003
1004  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1005  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1006    unsigned DiagID;
1007    const T1 &Arg1;
1008    const T2 &Arg2;
1009    const T3 &Arg3;
1010
1011  public:
1012    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1013                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1014    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1015      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1016
1017    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1018      if (Suppressed) return;
1019      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1020        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1021    }
1022
1023    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1024  };
1025
1026  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1027                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1028  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1029                           unsigned DiagID);
1030
1031  template<typename T1>
1032  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1033                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1034    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1035    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1036  }
1037
1038  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1039  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1040                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1041    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1042    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1043  }
1044
1045  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1046  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1047                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1048                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1049    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1050                                                        Arg3);
1051    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1052  }
1053
1054  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1055  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1056
1057  template<typename T1>
1058  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1059    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1060    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1061  }
1062
1063  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1064  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1065                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1066    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1067    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1068  }
1069
1070  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1071  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1072                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1073    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1074                                                        Arg3);
1075    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1076  }
1077
1078  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1079                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1080  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1081
1082  template<typename T1>
1083  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1084                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1085    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1086    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1087  }
1088
1089  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1090  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1091                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1092    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1093    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1094  }
1095
1096  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1097  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1098                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1099                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1100    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1101                                                        Arg3);
1102    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1103  }
1104
1105  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1106                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1107
1108  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1109  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1110  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1111                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1112                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1113
1114  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1115  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1116  //
1117
1118  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1119  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1120  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1121  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1122  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1123  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1124  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1125  /// such as:
1126  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1127  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1128
1129  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1130
1131  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1132
1133  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1134
1135  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1136                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1137                         bool isClassName = false,
1138                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1139                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1140                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1141                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1142                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1143  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1144  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1145  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1146                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1147                               Scope *S,
1148                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1149                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1150
1151  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1152  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1153  enum NameClassificationKind {
1154    NC_Unknown,
1155    NC_Error,
1156    NC_Keyword,
1157    NC_Type,
1158    NC_Expression,
1159    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1160    NC_TypeTemplate,
1161    NC_FunctionTemplate
1162  };
1163
1164  class NameClassification {
1165    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1166    ExprResult Expr;
1167    TemplateName Template;
1168    ParsedType Type;
1169    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1170
1171    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1172
1173  public:
1174    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1175
1176    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1177
1178    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1179      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1180
1181    static NameClassification Error() {
1182      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1183    }
1184
1185    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1186      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1187    }
1188
1189    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1190      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1191    }
1192
1193    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1194      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1195      Result.Template = Name;
1196      return Result;
1197    }
1198
1199    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1200      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1201      Result.Template = Name;
1202      return Result;
1203    }
1204
1205    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1206
1207    ParsedType getType() const {
1208      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1209      return Type;
1210    }
1211
1212    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1213      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1214      return Expr;
1215    }
1216
1217    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1218      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1219      return Template;
1220    }
1221
1222    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1223      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1224      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1225    }
1226  };
1227
1228  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1229  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1230  ///
1231  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1232  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1233  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1234  ///
1235  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1236  ///
1237  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1238  ///
1239  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1240  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1241  ///
1242  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1243  ///
1244  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1245  /// disambiguate the name.
1246  ///
1247  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1248  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1249  ///        expression.
1250  ///
1251  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1252  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1253                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1254                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1255                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1256                                  const Token &NextToken,
1257                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1258                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1259
1260  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1261
1262  Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1263                         MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1264  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1265                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1266                                        Scope *S);
1267  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1268  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1269                                    DeclarationName Name,
1270                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1271  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D);
1272  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1273  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1274  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1275  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1276  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1277                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1278                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1279  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1280                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1281  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1282                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1283                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1284                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1285  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1286  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1287  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1288  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1289  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1290  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1291                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1292                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1293                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1294                                     bool &AddToScope);
1295  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1296  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1297
1298  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1299  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1300
1301  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1302  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1303  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1304                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1305                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1306  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1307  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1308  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1309                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1310                                          QualType T);
1311  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1312                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1313                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1314                              StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten);
1315  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1316                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1317                                 Expr *defarg);
1318  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1319                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1320                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1321  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1322  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1323                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1324
1325  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1326                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1327  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1328  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1329  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1330  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1331  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1332  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1333  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1334                                         Decl **Group,
1335                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1336  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1337                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1338
1339  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1340  /// documentation comments.
1341  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1342  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1343
1344  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1345                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1346  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1347  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1348  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1349  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1350  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1351    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1352  }
1353
1354  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1355  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1356  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1357
1358  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1359  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1360  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1361
1362  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1363  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1364  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1365                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1366
1367  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1368  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1369  /// specified threshold.
1370  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1371                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1372                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1373                                              NamedDecl *D);
1374
1375  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1376  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1377                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1378                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1379
1380  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1381  ///
1382  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1383  ///
1384  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1385  ///
1386  /// \param Path The module access path.
1387  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1388                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1389
1390  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1391  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1392    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1393  }
1394
1395  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1396  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1397                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1398
1399  /// Scope actions.
1400  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1401  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1402
1403  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1404                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1405  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1406                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1407                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
1408
1409  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1410                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1411                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1412
1413  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1414                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1415
1416  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1417                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1418                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1419                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1420
1421  enum TagUseKind {
1422    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1423    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1424    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1425    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1426  };
1427
1428  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1429                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1430                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1431                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1432                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1433                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1434                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1435                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1436                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1437
1438  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1439                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1440                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1441                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1442                                AttributeList *Attr,
1443                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1444
1445  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1446                               unsigned TagSpec,
1447                               TagUseKind TUK,
1448                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1449                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1450                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1451                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1452
1453  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1454                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1455                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1456  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1457                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1458
1459  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1460                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1461                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1462                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1463
1464  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1465                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1466                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1467                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1468                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1469                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1470                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1471                            Declarator *D = 0);
1472
1473  enum CXXSpecialMember {
1474    CXXDefaultConstructor,
1475    CXXCopyConstructor,
1476    CXXMoveConstructor,
1477    CXXCopyAssignment,
1478    CXXMoveAssignment,
1479    CXXDestructor,
1480    CXXInvalid
1481  };
1482  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1483  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem);
1484  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1485  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1486                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1487  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1488                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1489                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1490
1491  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1492  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1493                   llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1494                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1495                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1496
1497  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1498  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1499  /// struct, or union).
1500  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1501
1502  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1503
1504  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1505  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1506  /// member declarations.
1507  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1508                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1509                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1510
1511  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1512  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1513  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1514                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1515
1516  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1517
1518  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1519  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1520  ///
1521  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1522  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1523  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1524
1525  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1526  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1527  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1528
1529  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1530                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1531                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1532                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1533                                      Expr *val);
1534  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1535  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1536                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1537
1538  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1539                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1540                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1541                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1542  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1543                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1544                     Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
1545                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1546
1547  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1548
1549  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1550  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1551  void PopDeclContext();
1552
1553  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1554  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1555  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1556  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1557
1558  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1559  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1560  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1561
1562  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1563
1564  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1565  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1566  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1567  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1568
1569  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1570  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1571  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1572  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1573
1574  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1575  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1576  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1577  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1578
1579  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1580  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1581
1582  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1583  /// top level scope.
1584  ///
1585  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1586  ///
1587  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1588  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1589
1590  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1591  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1592  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1593  ///
1594  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1595  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1596  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1597  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1598                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1599
1600  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1601  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1602  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1603
1604  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1605  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1606                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1607  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1608
1609  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1610  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1611                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1612                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1613                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1614                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1615                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1616                                          StringRef Message);
1617  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1618                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
1619  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1620  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1621  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1622                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg);
1623  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name);
1624  bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr);
1625
1626  void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true);
1627  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1628  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1629  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1630                                    Scope *S);
1631  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1632  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1633  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1634  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1635  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1636
1637  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1638  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1639  enum AssignmentAction {
1640    AA_Assigning,
1641    AA_Passing,
1642    AA_Returning,
1643    AA_Converting,
1644    AA_Initializing,
1645    AA_Sending,
1646    AA_Casting
1647  };
1648
1649  /// C++ Overloading.
1650  enum OverloadKind {
1651    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1652    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1653    Ovl_Overload,
1654
1655    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1656    /// an existing declaration.
1657    Ovl_Match,
1658
1659    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1660    /// non-function.
1661    Ovl_NonFunction
1662  };
1663  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1664                             FunctionDecl *New,
1665                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1666                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1667                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1668  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1669
1670  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1671  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1672  ///
1673  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1674  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1675  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1676
1677  ImplicitConversionSequence
1678  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1679                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1680                        bool AllowExplicit,
1681                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1682                        bool CStyle,
1683                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1684
1685  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1686  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1687  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1688  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1689                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1690                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1691  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1692                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1693  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1694                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1695  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1696                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1697  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1698                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1699                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1700  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1701                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1702
1703  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1704  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1705                              CastKind &Kind,
1706                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1707                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1708  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1709                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1710                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1711  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1712                                    CastKind &Kind,
1713                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1714                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1715  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1716                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1717  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1718                            QualType &ResultTy);
1719  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1720
1721
1722  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1723                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1724                                             QualType ResultType,
1725                                             Expr *Value,
1726                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1727
1728  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1729                                    ExprResult Init);
1730  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1731                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1732                                       ExprResult Init,
1733                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1734                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1735  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1736                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1737                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1738                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1739
1740  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1741  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1742
1743  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1744  enum CCEKind {
1745    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1746    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1747    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1748  };
1749  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1750                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1751
1752  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1753  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1754  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1755  public:
1756    bool Suppress;
1757    bool SuppressConversion;
1758
1759    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1760                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1761      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1762
1763    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1764    /// integral or enumeration type.
1765    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1766                                             QualType T) = 0;
1767
1768    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1769    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1770                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1771
1772    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1773    /// is explicit.
1774    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1775                                                   QualType T,
1776                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1777
1778    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1779    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1780    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1781
1782    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1783    /// functions.
1784    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1785                                                QualType T) = 0;
1786
1787    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1788    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1789                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1790
1791    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1792    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1793    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1794                                                 QualType T,
1795                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1796
1797    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1798  };
1799
1800  ExprResult
1801  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1802                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1803                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1804
1805  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1806    OS_Array,
1807    OS_Dictionary,
1808    OS_Error
1809  };
1810  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1811
1812  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
1813                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1814                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1815                                           NamedDecl *Member);
1816
1817  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
1818  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
1819  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
1820  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
1821
1822  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
1823                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1824                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1825                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1826                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1827                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
1828                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
1829  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
1830                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1831                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1832                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1833                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
1834  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1835                          QualType ObjectType,
1836                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1837                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1838                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1839                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
1840  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1841                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1842                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
1843                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1844                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1845                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1846                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1847  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
1848                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1849                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1850                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1851                                  QualType ObjectType,
1852                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1853                                  llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1854                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1855                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1856  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1857                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1858                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1859                                    llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1860                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1861                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1862  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1863                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1864                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1865                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1866                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1867  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1868                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1869                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1870                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1871                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
1872  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1873                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1874                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1875                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1876                             Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1877                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1878  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1879                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
1880                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1881                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1882                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
1883  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
1884                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1885                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1886                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
1887                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
1888  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1889                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
1890                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1891                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1892  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
1893                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
1894                                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1895                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1896                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1897                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
1898
1899  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
1900  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
1901
1902  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
1903  // identified by the expression Expr
1904  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
1905
1906  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
1907  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
1908  // R (A) --> R(A)
1909  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
1910  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
1911  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
1912  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
1913
1914  FunctionDecl *
1915  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
1916                                     QualType TargetType,
1917                                     bool Complain,
1918                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
1919                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
1920
1921  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
1922                                                   bool Complain = false,
1923                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
1924
1925  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
1926                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
1927                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
1928                      bool Complain = false,
1929                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
1930                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
1931                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
1932
1933
1934  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
1935                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1936                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
1937  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
1938                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1939                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
1940
1941  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1942                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1943                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
1944                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
1945
1946  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
1947  // range-based for loop.
1948  enum ForRangeStatus {
1949    FRS_Success,
1950    FRS_NoViableFunction,
1951    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
1952  };
1953
1954  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
1955  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
1956  enum BeginEndFunction {
1957    BEF_begin,
1958    BEF_end
1959  };
1960
1961  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
1962                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
1963                                           VarDecl *Decl,
1964                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
1965                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1966                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
1967                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
1968                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
1969
1970  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
1971                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1972                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1973                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1974                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1975                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
1976                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
1977
1978  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1979                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1980                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1981                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
1982                              ExprResult *Result);
1983
1984  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
1985                                     unsigned Opc,
1986                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
1987                                     Expr *input);
1988
1989  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
1990                                   unsigned Opc,
1991                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
1992                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
1993
1994  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
1995                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
1996                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
1997
1998  ExprResult
1999  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2000                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
2001                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2002  ExprResult
2003  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2004                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2005                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2006
2007  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2008                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2009
2010  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2011  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2012  /// that best represents the call.
2013  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2014                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2015
2016  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2017  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2018                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2019  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2020  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2021  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2022
2023  /// \name Name lookup
2024  ///
2025  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2026  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2027  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2028  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2029  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2030  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2031  ///
2032  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2033  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2034  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2035  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2036  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2037  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2038  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2039  ///
2040  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2041  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2042  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2043  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2044  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2045  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2046  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2047  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2048  //@{
2049
2050  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2051  enum LookupNameKind {
2052    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2053    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2054    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2055    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2056    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2057    /// structs, and unions.
2058    LookupTagName,
2059    /// Label name lookup.
2060    LookupLabel,
2061    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2062    /// class/struct/union members.
2063    LookupMemberName,
2064    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2065    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2066    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2067    LookupOperatorName,
2068    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2069    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2070    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2071    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2072    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2073    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2074    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2075    LookupNamespaceName,
2076    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2077    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2078    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2079    LookupUsingDeclName,
2080    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2081    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2082    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2083    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2084    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2085    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2086    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2087    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2088    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2089    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2090    LookupAnyName
2091  };
2092
2093  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2094  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2095  enum RedeclarationKind {
2096    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2097    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2098    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2099    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2100    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2101    ForRedeclaration
2102  };
2103
2104  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2105  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2106    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2107    LOLR_Error,
2108    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2109    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2110    LOLR_Cooked,
2111    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2112    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2113    LOLR_Raw,
2114    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2115    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2116    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2117    LOLR_Template
2118  };
2119
2120  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2121                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2122                                                   bool ConstArg,
2123                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2124                                                   bool RValueThis,
2125                                                   bool ConstThis,
2126                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2127
2128private:
2129  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2130
2131  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2132  //
2133  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2134  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2135  llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2136
2137  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2138  /// source.
2139  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2140
2141public:
2142  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2143  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2144  ///
2145  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2146  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2147  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2148                              SourceLocation Loc,
2149                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2150                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2151                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2152  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2153                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2154  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2155                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2156  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2157                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2158                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2159  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2160                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2161                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2162
2163  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2164                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2165                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2166
2167  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2168                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2169
2170  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2171  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2172  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2173                                               unsigned Quals);
2174  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2175                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2176  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2177                                              unsigned Quals);
2178  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2179                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2180  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2181
2182  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2183                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2184                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2185  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2186
2187  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2188                               SourceLocation Loc,
2189                               llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2190                               ADLResult &Functions);
2191
2192  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2193                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2194                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2195  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2196                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2197                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2198
2199  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2200                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2201                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2202                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2203                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2204                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2205                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2206
2207  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2208                                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2209                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2210                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2211
2212  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2213                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2214                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2215
2216  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2217  //@}
2218
2219  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2220                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2221                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2222  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2223                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2224                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2225  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2226                                      Scope *S);
2227  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2228
2229  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2230
2231  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2232  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2233                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2234  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2235                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2236  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2237                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2238
2239  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2240
2241  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2242  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC);
2243  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2244
2245  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2246  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2247                                   SourceRange Range);
2248
2249  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2250                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2251  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2252                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2253                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2254
2255  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2256                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2257                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2258
2259  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2260  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2261  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2262                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2263                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2264
2265  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2266                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2267
2268  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2269  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2270
2271  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2272  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2273  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2274                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2275                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2276                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2277                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2278                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2279
2280  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2281  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2282  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2283                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2284                                SourceLocation Loc);
2285
2286  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2287  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2288  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2289                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2290                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2291
2292  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2293  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2294  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2295                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2296                                       const SelectorSet &InsMap);
2297
2298  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2299  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2300  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2301                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2302  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2303
2304  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2305  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2306  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2307            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2308            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2309
2310  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2311  /// class extensions.
2312  Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2313                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2314                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2315                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2316                                       Selector GetterSel,
2317                                       Selector SetterSel,
2318                                       const bool isAssign,
2319                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2320                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2321                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2322                                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2323                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2324                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2325
2326  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2327  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2328  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2329                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2330                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2331                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2332                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2333                                       Selector GetterSel,
2334                                       Selector SetterSel,
2335                                       const bool isAssign,
2336                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2337                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2338                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2339                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2340                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2341                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2342
2343  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2344  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2345  /// setter or getter.
2346  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2347                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2348
2349  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2350
2351  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2352
2353  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2354    MMS_loose,
2355    MMS_strict
2356  };
2357
2358  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2359  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2360  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2361                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2362                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2363
2364  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2365  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2366  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2367                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2368                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2369                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2370                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2371                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2372                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2373                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2374                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2375
2376  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2377  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2378  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2379  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2380
2381  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2382  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2383
2384private:
2385  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2386  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2387  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2388
2389  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2390  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2391  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2392                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2393                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2394
2395public:
2396  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2397  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2398  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2399  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2400  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2401    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2402  }
2403
2404  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2405  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2406    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2407  }
2408
2409  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2410  /// pool.
2411  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2412
2413  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2414  /// there are multiple signatures.
2415  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2416                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2417                                                   bool warn=true) {
2418    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2419                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2420  }
2421
2422  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2423  /// there are multiple signatures.
2424  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2425                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2426                                                  bool warn=true) {
2427    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2428                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2429  }
2430
2431  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2432  /// implementation.
2433  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2434
2435  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2436  /// initialization.
2437  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2438                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2439
2440  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2441  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2442public:
2443  class FullExprArg {
2444  public:
2445    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2446
2447    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2448    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2449    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2450    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2451
2452    ExprResult release() {
2453      return E;
2454    }
2455
2456    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2457
2458    Expr *operator->() {
2459      return E;
2460    }
2461
2462  private:
2463    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2464    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2465    friend class Sema;
2466
2467    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2468
2469    Expr *E;
2470  };
2471
2472  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2473    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2474  }
2475  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2476    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2477  }
2478
2479  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr);
2480
2481  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2482                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2483
2484  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2485  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2486  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2487                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2488                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2489
2490  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2491  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2492  public:
2493    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2494      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2495    }
2496
2497    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2498      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2499    }
2500
2501  private:
2502    Sema &S;
2503  };
2504
2505  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2506                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2507                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2508  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2509  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2510  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2511                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2512                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2513  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2514
2515  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2516                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2517                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2518  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2519                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2520
2521  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2522                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2523                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2524
2525  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2526                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2527                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2528                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2529  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2530                                            Expr *Cond,
2531                                            Decl *CondVar);
2532  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2533                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2534  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2535                            FullExprArg Cond,
2536                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2537  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2538                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2539                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2540                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2541
2542  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2543                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2544                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2545                          Decl *SecondVar,
2546                          FullExprArg Third,
2547                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2548                          Stmt *Body);
2549  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2550                                           Expr *collection);
2551  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2552                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2553                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2554  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2555
2556  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2557    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2558    BFRK_Build,
2559    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2560    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2561    BFRK_Rebuild,
2562    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2563    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2564    BFRK_Check
2565  };
2566
2567  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2568                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2569                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2570                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2571  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2572                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2573                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2574                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2575                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2576                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2577                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2578  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2579
2580  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2581                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2582                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2583  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2584                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2585                                   Expr *DestExp);
2586  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2587  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2588
2589  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2590                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2591
2592  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2593  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2594
2595  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2596                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2597                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2598                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2599                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2600                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2601
2602  NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc);
2603  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2604                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
2605
2606  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2607                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2608                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2609                                  bool Invalid = false);
2610
2611  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2612
2613  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2614                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2615
2616  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2617
2618  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2619                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2620
2621  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2622  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2623                                  Scope *CurScope);
2624  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2625                                            Expr *operand);
2626  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2627                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2628                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2629
2630  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2631
2632  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2633                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2634                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2635                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2636
2637  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2638
2639  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2640                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2641  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2642                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2643
2644  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2645                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2646                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2647                              Stmt *Handler);
2648
2649  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2650                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2651                                 Stmt *Block);
2652
2653  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2654                                  Stmt *Block);
2655
2656  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2657
2658  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2659
2660  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2661  /// of it.
2662  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2663
2664  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2665  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2666  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2667  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2668
2669  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2670  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2671  ///
2672  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2673  ///     if (condition);
2674  ///       do_stuff();
2675  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2676                             const Stmt *Body,
2677                             unsigned DiagID);
2678
2679  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2680  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2681  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2682                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2683
2684  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2685    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2686  }
2687  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2688
2689  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2690  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2691    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2692  }
2693  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2694    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2695  }
2696
2697  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2698
2699  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2700                              SourceLocation Loc,
2701                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2702                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2703
2704  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2705
2706  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2707                                     StringRef message);
2708
2709  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2710  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2711
2712  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2713  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2714                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2715  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2716  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2717  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2718                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2719                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2720  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2721                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2722
2723  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2724                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2725                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2726  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2727  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2728                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2729                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2730  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2731
2732  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2733
2734  ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2735  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2736
2737  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2738
2739  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2740  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2741  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2742  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2743  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2744  // named expressions.
2745  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D);
2746  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2747  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2748  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2749  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2750
2751  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2752  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2753
2754  enum TryCaptureKind {
2755    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2756  };
2757
2758  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2759  ///
2760  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2761  ///
2762  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2763  ///
2764  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2765  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2766  ///
2767  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2768  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2769  ///
2770  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2771  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2772  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
2773  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
2774  ///
2775  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
2776  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
2777  /// variable can be captured.
2778  ///
2779  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
2780  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
2781  /// captured.
2782  ///
2783  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
2784  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
2785  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
2786                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
2787                          QualType &CaptureType,
2788                          QualType &DeclRefType);
2789
2790  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2791  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
2792                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
2793                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
2794
2795  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
2796  /// variable will have in the given scope.
2797  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
2798
2799  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
2800  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
2801                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
2802
2803  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
2804  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
2805  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
2806  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
2807                            bool ForceComplain = false,
2808                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
2809
2810  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
2811  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
2812                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
2813
2814  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
2815  /// evaluation context.
2816  ///
2817  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
2818  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
2819  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
2820  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
2821  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
2822                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
2823
2824  // Primary Expressions.
2825  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
2826
2827  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2828                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2829                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
2830                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2831                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
2832
2833  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
2834                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
2835                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2836                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
2837
2838  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
2839                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2840                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
2841                       llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>());
2842
2843  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
2844                                IdentifierInfo *II,
2845                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
2846
2847  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2848                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2849                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2850                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
2851                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2852
2853  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2854                              ExprValueKind VK,
2855                              SourceLocation Loc,
2856                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2857  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2858                              ExprValueKind VK,
2859                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2860                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2861  ExprResult
2862  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2863                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
2864                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
2865                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
2866                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
2867  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2868                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2869                                             LookupResult &R,
2870                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2871  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2872                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2873                                     LookupResult &R,
2874                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2875                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
2876  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2877                                  const LookupResult &R,
2878                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
2879
2880  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2881                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo);
2882  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2883                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2884                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2885                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2886
2887  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2888                                      LookupResult &R,
2889                                      bool NeedsADL);
2890  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2891                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2892                                      NamedDecl *D);
2893
2894  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
2895                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
2896                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
2897                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
2898                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2899
2900  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
2901  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
2902  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2903  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2904  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
2905  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
2906                                SourceLocation R,
2907                                MultiExprArg Val);
2908
2909  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
2910  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
2911  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
2912                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2913
2914  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2915                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2916                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2917                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
2918                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
2919                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
2920  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2921                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2922                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2923                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
2924                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
2925                                        Expr **Exprs,
2926                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
2927
2928  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
2929  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2930                                  Expr *InputExpr);
2931  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2932                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
2933  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2934                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
2935
2936  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2937                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
2938                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2939                                            SourceRange R);
2940  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2941                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2942  ExprResult
2943    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2944                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2945                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
2946                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
2947
2948  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
2949  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
2950
2951  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2952  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2953                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
2954                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2955  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
2956                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
2957                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
2958                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2959                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2960  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2961                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
2962
2963  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2964                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
2965  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2966                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
2967
2968  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
2969                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2970                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2971                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2972                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2973                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2974                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2975
2976  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
2977  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
2978  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
2979  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
2980  // defines a custom operator->).
2981  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
2982    Scope *S;
2983    UnqualifiedId &Id;
2984    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
2985    bool HasTrailingLParen;
2986  };
2987
2988  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
2989                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2990                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2991                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2992                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2993                                      LookupResult &R,
2994                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2995                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
2996                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
2997
2998  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
2999  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3000                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3001                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3002                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3003                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3004
3005  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3006                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3007                                     const LookupResult &R);
3008
3009  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3010                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3011                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3012                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3013                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3014                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3015                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3016
3017  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3018                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3019                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3020                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3021                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3022                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3023                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3024                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3025
3026  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3027  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3028                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3029                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3030                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3031                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3032                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3033  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3034                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3035                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3036
3037  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3038  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3039  /// locations.
3040  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3041                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3042                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3043  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3044                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3045                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3046                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3047                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3048                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3049
3050  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3051                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3052                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3053
3054  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3055                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3056                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3057  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3058                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3059                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3060                                 Expr *Op);
3061  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3062
3063  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3064  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3065                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3066                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3067
3068  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3069
3070  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3071                                  ParsedType Ty,
3072                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3073                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3074
3075  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3076                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3077                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3078                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3079
3080  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3081                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3082                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3083
3084  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3085                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3086                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3087                                        ExprResult Init);
3088
3089  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3090                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3091  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3092                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3093  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3094                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3095
3096  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3097  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3098  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3099                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3100                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3101
3102  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3103  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3104                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3105
3106  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3107  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3108                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3109  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3110
3111  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3112  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3113    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3114    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3115    union {
3116      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3117      Expr *E;
3118    } U;
3119  };
3120
3121  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3122  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3123                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3124                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3125                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3126                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3127  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3128                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3129                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3130                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3131                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3132                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3133                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3134
3135  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3136  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3137                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3138                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3139
3140  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3141  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3142                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3143  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3144                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3145
3146  // __null
3147  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3148
3149  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3150
3151  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3152  enum IfExistsResult {
3153    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3154    IER_Exists,
3155
3156    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3157    IER_DoesNotExist,
3158
3159    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3160    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3161    IER_Dependent,
3162
3163    /// \brief An error occurred.
3164    IER_Error
3165  };
3166
3167  IfExistsResult
3168  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3169                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3170
3171  IfExistsResult
3172  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3173                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3174                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3175
3176  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3177                                        bool IsIfExists,
3178                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3179                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3180                                        Stmt *Nested);
3181  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3182                                        bool IsIfExists,
3183                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3184                                        Stmt *Nested);
3185
3186  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3187
3188  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3189  /// started.
3190  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3191
3192  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3193  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3194  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3195                           Scope *CurScope);
3196
3197  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3198  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3199  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3200
3201  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3202  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3203  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3204                                Scope *CurScope);
3205
3206  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3207
3208  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3209  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3210                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3211                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3212
3213  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3214
3215  // Act on C++ namespaces
3216  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3217                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3218                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3219                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3220                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3221                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3222  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3223
3224  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3225  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3226
3227  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3228
3229  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3230  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3231  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3232
3233  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3234  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3235  ///
3236  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3237  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3238
3239  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3240  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3241  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3242
3243  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3244                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3245                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3246                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3247                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3248                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3249                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3250
3251  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3252
3253  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3254                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3255                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3256                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3257                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3258                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3259                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3260
3261  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3262  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3263                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3264  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3265                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3266
3267  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3268                                   bool isTypeName,
3269                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3270                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3271                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3272  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3273                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3274                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3275
3276  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3277                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3278                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3279                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3280                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3281                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3282                                   bool IsTypeName,
3283                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3284
3285  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3286
3287  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3288                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3289                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3290                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3291                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3292                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3293                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3294                              bool IsTypeName,
3295                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3296  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3297                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3298                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3299                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3300                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3301                              TypeResult Type);
3302
3303  /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr
3304  /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl.
3305  bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,
3306                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3307                                    MultiExprArg Exprs,
3308                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
3309
3310  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3311  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3312  ///
3313  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3314  ExprResult
3315  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3316                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3317                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3318                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3319
3320  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3321  // the constructor can be elidable?
3322  ExprResult
3323  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3324                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3325                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3326                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3327                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3328
3329  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3330  /// the default expr if needed.
3331  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3332                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3333                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3334
3335  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3336  /// constructed variable.
3337  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3338
3339  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3340  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3341  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3342    // Pointer to allow copying
3343    Sema *Self;
3344    // We order exception specifications thus:
3345    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x.
3346    // throw() comes next.
3347    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3348    // Finally no specification.
3349    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3350    //
3351    // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance,
3352    // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default
3353    // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the
3354    // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We
3355    // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules
3356    // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple).
3357    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3358    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3359    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3360
3361    void ClearExceptions() {
3362      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3363      Exceptions.clear();
3364    }
3365
3366  public:
3367    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3368      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3369      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
3370        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3371    }
3372
3373    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3374    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3375      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3376             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3377      return ComputedEST;
3378    }
3379
3380    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3381    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3382
3383    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3384    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3385
3386    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3387    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3388
3389    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3390    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3391
3392    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3393    /// computed exception specification.
3394    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3395      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3396      EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3397      EPI.Exceptions = data();
3398    }
3399    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3400      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3401      getEPI(EPI);
3402      return EPI;
3403    }
3404  };
3405
3406  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3407  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3408  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3409  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3410                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3411
3412  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3413  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3414  /// will be const.
3415  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3416  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3417
3418  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3419  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3420  /// parameter will be const.
3421  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3422  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3423
3424  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3425  /// constructor of a class will have.
3426  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3427  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3428
3429  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3430  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3431  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3432  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3433
3434  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3435  /// destructor of a class will have.
3436  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3437  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3438
3439  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3440  /// special member function.
3441  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3442
3443  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3444  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3445  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3446                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3447                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3448                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3449                                   llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3450                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3451
3452  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3453  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3454  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3455                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3456
3457  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3458  ///
3459  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3460  /// default constructor will be added.
3461  ///
3462  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3463  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3464                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3465
3466  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3467  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3468  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3469                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3470
3471  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3472  ///
3473  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3474  /// destructor will be added.
3475  ///
3476  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3477  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3478
3479  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3480  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3481  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3482                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3483
3484  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3485  ///
3486  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3487  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3488  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3489                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3490
3491  /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class.
3492  ///
3493  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited
3494  /// constructors will be added.
3495  void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3496
3497  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3498  ///
3499  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3500  /// copy constructor will be added.
3501  ///
3502  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3503  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3504
3505  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3506  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3507  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3508                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3509
3510  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3511  ///
3512  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3513  /// move constructor will be added.
3514  ///
3515  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3516  /// declared.
3517  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3518
3519  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3520  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3521  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3522                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3523
3524  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3525  ///
3526  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3527  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3528  ///
3529  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3530  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3531
3532  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3533  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3534                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3535
3536  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3537  ///
3538  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3539  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3540  ///
3541  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3542  /// wasn't declared.
3543  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3544
3545  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3546  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3547                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3548
3549  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3550  /// class.
3551  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3552
3553  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3554  /// special member function.
3555  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3556
3557  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3558  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3559  ///
3560  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3561  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3562
3563  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3564  /// member function.
3565  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3566
3567  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3568  /// static member function.
3569  ///
3570  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3571  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3572
3573  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3574  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3575  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3576  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3577
3578  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3579                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3580                               SourceLocation Loc,
3581                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3582                               bool AllowExplicit = false);
3583
3584  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3585                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3586                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3587                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3588                               bool EnteringContext);
3589
3590  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3591
3592  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3593  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3594                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3595
3596  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3597  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3598                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3599                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3600                               Declarator &D,
3601                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3602                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3603                               Expr *E,
3604                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3605
3606  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3607                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3608                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3609                               Expr *E,
3610                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3611                               SourceRange Parens);
3612
3613  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3614                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3615                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3616                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3617  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3618                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3619                            Expr *Operand,
3620                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3621
3622  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3623  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3624                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3625                            void *TyOrExpr,
3626                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3627
3628  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3629                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3630                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3631                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3632  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3633                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3634                            Expr *Operand,
3635                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3636
3637  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3638  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3639                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3640                            void *TyOrExpr,
3641                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3642
3643
3644  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3645  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3646
3647  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3648  ///
3649  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3650  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3651
3652  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3653  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3654  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3655  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3656
3657  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3658  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3659  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3660    Sema &S;
3661    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3662    bool Enabled;
3663
3664  public:
3665    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3666    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3667    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3668    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3669    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3670                     bool Enabled = true);
3671
3672    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3673  };
3674
3675  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3676  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3677  ///
3678  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3679  ///
3680  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3681  /// capture list.
3682  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3683
3684  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3685  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3686  /// being defined.
3687  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3688
3689  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3690  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3691
3692
3693  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3694  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3695
3696  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3697  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3698
3699  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3700  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3701  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3702                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3703  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3704                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3705
3706  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3707  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3708  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3709  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3710  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3711                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3712                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3713                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3714
3715  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3716                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3717                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3718                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3719
3720  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3721  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3722                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3723                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3724                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3725                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3726                         Expr *Initializer);
3727  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3728                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3729                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3730                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3731                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3732                         QualType AllocType,
3733                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3734                         Expr *ArraySize,
3735                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3736                         Expr *Initializer,
3737                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3738
3739  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3740                          SourceRange R);
3741  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3742                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3743                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3744                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3745                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3746  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3747                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3748                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3749                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3750                              bool Diagnose = true);
3751  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3752  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3753                                       QualType Argument,
3754                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3755
3756  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3757                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3758                                bool Diagnose = true);
3759
3760  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
3761  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
3762                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
3763                            Expr *Operand);
3764
3765  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3766  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3767                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3768                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
3769
3770  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
3771                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
3772  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
3773                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3774
3775  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3776  /// pseudo-functions.
3777  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3778                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3779                                 ParsedType Ty,
3780                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3781
3782  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3783                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3784                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
3785                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3786
3787  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3788  /// pseudo-functions.
3789  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
3790                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3791                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
3792                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
3793                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3794
3795  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3796                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3797                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
3798                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
3799                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3800
3801  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
3802  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3803                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
3804                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3805  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3806                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
3807                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3808
3809  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3810  /// pseudo-functions.
3811  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3812                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3813                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
3814                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3815                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3816
3817  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3818                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3819                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3820                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3821                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3822
3823  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3824  /// pseudo-functions.
3825  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3826                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3827                                  Expr *Queried,
3828                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3829
3830  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3831                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3832                                  Expr *Queried,
3833                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3834
3835  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
3836                                          Expr *Base,
3837                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3838                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3839                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
3840                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
3841
3842  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
3843
3844  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
3845                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3846                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3847                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3848                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
3849                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3850                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3851                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
3852                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3853
3854  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3855                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3856                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3857                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3858                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
3859                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3860                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3861                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
3862                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3863
3864  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3865                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3866                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3867                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3868                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
3869                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3870
3871  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
3872  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
3873  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
3874  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
3875  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
3876  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
3877
3878  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
3879    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
3880                                          : SourceLocation());
3881  }
3882  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC);
3883  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
3884
3885  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
3886  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
3887
3888  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
3889  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3890                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
3891  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3892  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3893  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3894
3895  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
3896  ///
3897  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3898  ///
3899  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3900  ///
3901  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
3902  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
3903  ///
3904  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3905  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
3906                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3907
3908  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD);
3909  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3910
3911  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3912                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3913                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
3914                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
3915
3916  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3917                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3918                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3919                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3920                                   QualType ObjectType,
3921                                   bool EnteringContext,
3922                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3923                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
3924                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
3925
3926  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
3927  ///
3928  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3929  ///
3930  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
3931  ///
3932  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
3933  ///
3934  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3935  ///
3936  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
3937  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
3938  ///
3939  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
3940  /// this nested-name-specifier.
3941  ///
3942  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
3943  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
3944  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
3945  /// including this new type).
3946  ///
3947  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3948  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3949                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3950                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3951                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3952                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
3953                                   bool EnteringContext,
3954                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3955
3956  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
3957
3958  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3959                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
3960                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
3961
3962  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3963                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3964                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3965                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3966                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
3967                                 bool EnteringContext);
3968
3969  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
3970  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
3971  ///
3972  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3973  ///
3974  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
3975  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
3976  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
3977  /// including this new type).
3978  ///
3979  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
3980  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
3981  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
3982  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
3983  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
3984  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
3985  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3986  ///
3987  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
3988  /// nested-name-specifier.
3989  ///
3990  ///
3991  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3992  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3993                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3994                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3995                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
3996                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
3997                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
3998                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
3999                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4000                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4001                                   bool EnteringContext);
4002
4003  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4004  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4005  /// nested-name-specifier.
4006  ///
4007  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4008  ///
4009  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4010  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4011  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4012
4013  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4014  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4015  ///
4016  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4017  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4018  ///
4019  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4020  ///
4021  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4022  /// of the annotation pointer.
4023  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4024                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4025                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4026
4027  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4028
4029  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4030  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4031  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4032  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4033  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4034  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4035  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4036
4037  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4038  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4039  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4040  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4041  /// defining scope.
4042  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4043
4044  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4045  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4046  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4047  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4048  /// class X.
4049  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4050
4051  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4052  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4053  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4054
4055  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4056  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4057                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4058                                         bool KnownDependent);
4059
4060  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4061  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4062                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4063                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4064                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4065                                       llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4066
4067  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4068  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4069                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4070                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4071                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4072                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4073                                          bool Mutable);
4074
4075  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4076  /// given lambda.
4077  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4078
4079  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4080  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4081
4082  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4083  /// statements present in the body.
4084  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4085
4086  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4087  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4088  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4089  /// lambda.
4090  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4091                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4092
4093  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4094  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4095  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4096                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4097
4098  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4099  /// was successfully completed.
4100  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4101                             Scope *CurScope,
4102                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4103
4104  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4105  /// function pointer.
4106  ///
4107  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4108  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4109  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4110  /// block pointer conversion.
4111  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4112         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4113
4114  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4115  /// block pointer.
4116  ///
4117  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4118  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4119  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4120  /// block pointer conversion.
4121  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4122                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4123
4124  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4125                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4126                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4127                                           Expr *Src);
4128
4129  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4130  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4131                                    Expr **Strings,
4132                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4133
4134  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4135
4136  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4137  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4138  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4139  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4140  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4141                                  bool Value);
4142  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4143
4144  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4145  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4146  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4147  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4148  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4149  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4150
4151  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4152                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4153                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4154                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4155
4156  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4157                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4158                                        unsigned NumElements);
4159
4160  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4161                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4162                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4163  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4164                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4165                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4166
4167  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4168                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4169                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4170                                       ParsedType Ty,
4171                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4172
4173  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4174  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4175                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4176                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4177                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4178                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4179
4180  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4181  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4182                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4183                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4184                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4185                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4186                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4187
4188  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4189  // C++ Declarations
4190  //
4191  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4192                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4193                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4194                                       StringRef Lang,
4195                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4196  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4197                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4198                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4199
4200
4201  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4202  // C++ Classes
4203  //
4204  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4205                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4206
4207  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4208                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4209                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4210                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4211
4212  Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4213                                 Declarator &D,
4214                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4215                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4216                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4217  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4218                                        Expr *Init);
4219
4220  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4221                                    Scope *S,
4222                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4223                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4224                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4225                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4226                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4227                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4228                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4229                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4230                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4231
4232  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4233                                    Scope *S,
4234                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4235                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4236                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4237                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4238                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4239                                    Expr *InitList,
4240                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4241
4242  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4243                                    Scope *S,
4244                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4245                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4246                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4247                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4248                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4249                                    Expr *Init,
4250                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4251
4252  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4253                                       Expr *Init,
4254                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4255
4256  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4257                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4258                                     Expr *Init,
4259                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4260                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4261
4262  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4263                                           Expr *Init,
4264                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4265
4266  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4267                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4268
4269  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4270                           CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers,
4271                           unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors);
4272
4273  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4274
4275
4276  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4277  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4278  /// referenced.
4279  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4280                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4281
4282  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4283  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4284  /// first use occurred.
4285  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4286
4287  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4288  /// materialized.
4289  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4290
4291  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4292  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4293  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4294  /// by code generation).
4295  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4296
4297  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4298  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4299
4300  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4301                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4302    DynamicClassesType;
4303
4304  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4305  /// unit.
4306  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4307
4308  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4309  /// given location.
4310  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4311                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4312
4313  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4314  /// in the given class as needed.
4315  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4316                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4317
4318  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4319  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4320  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4321                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4322
4323  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4324  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4325  /// vtables.
4326  ///
4327  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4328  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4329
4330  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4331
4332  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4333                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4334                            CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits,
4335                            unsigned NumMemInits,
4336                            bool AnyErrors);
4337
4338  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4339  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4340                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4341                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4342                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4343                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4344  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4345
4346  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4347  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4348  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4349  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4350  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4351  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4352  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4353  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4354  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4355  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4356
4357  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4358                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4359                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4360                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4361  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4362                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4363                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4364                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4365                                     bool Failed);
4366
4367  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4368                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4369                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4370  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4371                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4372  Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4373                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4374
4375  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4376                                      StorageClass& SC);
4377  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4378  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4379                                     StorageClass& SC);
4380  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4381  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4382                                 StorageClass& SC);
4383  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4384
4385  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4386  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4387
4388  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4389  // C++ Derived Classes
4390  //
4391
4392  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4393  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4394                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4395                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4396                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4397                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4398
4399  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4400                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4401                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4402                                ParsedType basetype,
4403                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4404                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4405
4406  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4407                            unsigned NumBases);
4408  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4409                           unsigned NumBases);
4410
4411  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4412  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4413
4414  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4415  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4416
4417  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4418
4419  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4420                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4421                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4422                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4423  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4424                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4425                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4426                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4427                                    DeclarationName Name,
4428                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4429
4430  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4431
4432  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4433  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4434  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4435                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4436
4437  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4438  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4439  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4440                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4441
4442  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4443
4444  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4445  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4446
4447  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4448  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4449  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4450  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4451                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4452
4453
4454  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4455  // C++ Access Control
4456  //
4457
4458  enum AccessResult {
4459    AR_accessible,
4460    AR_inaccessible,
4461    AR_dependent,
4462    AR_delayed
4463  };
4464
4465  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4466                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4467                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4468
4469  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4470                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4471  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4472                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4473  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4474                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4475                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4476                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4477                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4478  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4479                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4480                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4481                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4482                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4483  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4484                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4485                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4486                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4487                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4488  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4489                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4490                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4491                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4492  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4493  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4494                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4495                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4496                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4497  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4498                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4499  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4500                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4501                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4502                                    unsigned DiagID,
4503                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4504                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4505  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4506  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4507  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4508                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4509                                            QualType objectType);
4510
4511  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4512                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4513  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4514                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4515
4516  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4517
4518  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4519  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4520  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4521
4522  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4523    AbstractNone = -1,
4524    AbstractReturnType,
4525    AbstractParamType,
4526    AbstractVariableType,
4527    AbstractFieldType,
4528    AbstractIvarType,
4529    AbstractArrayType
4530  };
4531
4532  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4533                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4534  template<typename T1>
4535  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4536                              unsigned DiagID,
4537                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4538    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4539    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4540  }
4541
4542  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4543  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4544                              unsigned DiagID,
4545                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4546    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4547    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4548  }
4549
4550  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4551  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4552                              unsigned DiagID,
4553                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4554    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4555    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4556  }
4557
4558  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4559
4560  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4561                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4562
4563  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4564  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4565  //
4566
4567  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4568
4569  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4570
4571  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4572  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4573  //
4574  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4575                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4576  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4577                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4578
4579  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4580                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4581                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4582
4583  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4584                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4585                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4586                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4587                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4588                                  bool EnteringContext,
4589                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4590                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4591
4592  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4593                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4594                                   Scope *S,
4595                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4596                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4597                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4598
4599  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4600  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4601
4602  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4603                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4604                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4605                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4606                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4607                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4608                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4609                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4610
4611  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4612  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4613                                      unsigned Depth,
4614                                      unsigned Position,
4615                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4616                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4617  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4618                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4619                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4620                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4621                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4622                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4623                                       unsigned Depth,
4624                                       unsigned Position,
4625                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4626                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4627
4628  TemplateParameterList *
4629  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4630                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4631                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4632                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4633                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4634                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4635
4636  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4637  /// list.
4638  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4639    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4640    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4641    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4642    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4643    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4644    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4645  };
4646
4647  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4648                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4649                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4650  TemplateParameterList *
4651  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4652                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4653                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4654                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4655                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4656                                          bool IsFriend,
4657                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4658                                          bool &Invalid);
4659
4660  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4661                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4662                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4663                                AttributeList *Attr,
4664                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4665                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4666                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4667                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4668                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4669
4670  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4671                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4672
4673  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4674
4675  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4676                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4677                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4678
4679  TypeResult
4680  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4681                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4682                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4683                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4684                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4685                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4686
4687  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4688  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4689  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4690                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4691                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4692                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4693                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4694                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4695                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4696                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4697                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4698                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4699
4700
4701  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4702                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4703                                 LookupResult &R,
4704                                 bool RequiresADL,
4705                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4706
4707  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4708                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4709                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4710                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4711
4712  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4713                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4714                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4715                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4716                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4717                                              bool EnteringContext,
4718                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4719
4720  DeclResult
4721  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4722                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4723                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4724                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4725                                   TemplateTy Template,
4726                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4727                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4728                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4729                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4730                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4731                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4732
4733  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4734                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4735                                Declarator &D);
4736
4737  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4738                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4739                                        Declarator &D);
4740
4741  bool
4742  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4743                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4744                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4745                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4746                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4747                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4748
4749  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4750                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4751                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4752
4753  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4754                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4755                                           LookupResult &Previous);
4756  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
4757
4758  DeclResult
4759  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4760                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4761                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4762                             unsigned TagSpec,
4763                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4764                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4765                             TemplateTy Template,
4766                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4767                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4768                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4769                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4770                             AttributeList *Attr);
4771
4772  DeclResult
4773  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4774                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4775                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4776                             unsigned TagSpec,
4777                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4778                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4779                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
4780                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
4781                             AttributeList *Attr);
4782
4783  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4784                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4785                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4786                                        Declarator &D);
4787
4788  TemplateArgumentLoc
4789  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
4790                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4791                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4792                                          Decl *Param,
4793                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4794
4795  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
4796  /// argument is being checked.
4797  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
4798    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
4799    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
4800    CTAK_Specified,
4801
4802    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
4803    /// deduction.
4804    CTAK_Deduced,
4805
4806    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
4807    /// via template argument deduction.
4808    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
4809  };
4810
4811  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
4812                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4813                             NamedDecl *Template,
4814                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4815                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4816                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
4817                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4818                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4819
4820  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
4821  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
4822  ///
4823  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
4824  /// provided.
4825  ///
4826  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
4827  ///
4828  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
4829  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
4830  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
4831  /// arguments.
4832  ///
4833  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
4834  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
4835  /// set of template arguments.
4836  ///
4837  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
4838  /// arguments.
4839  ///
4840  ///
4841  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
4842  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
4843  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
4844  ///
4845  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4846  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
4847                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4848                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
4849                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
4850                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4851                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
4852
4853  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4854                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4855                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4856
4857  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4858                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
4859  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4860                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
4861                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
4862                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4863  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4864                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4865                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
4866
4867  ExprResult
4868  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4869                                          QualType ParamType,
4870                                          SourceLocation Loc);
4871  ExprResult
4872  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4873                                              SourceLocation Loc);
4874
4875  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
4876  /// for equality.
4877  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
4878    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
4879    /// that might be redeclarations.
4880    ///
4881    /// \code
4882    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4883    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4884    /// \endcode
4885    TPL_TemplateMatch,
4886
4887    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
4888    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
4889    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
4890    ///
4891    /// \code
4892    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
4893    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
4894    /// \endcode
4895    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
4896
4897    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
4898    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
4899    /// template parameter.
4900    ///
4901    /// \code
4902    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
4903    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
4904    /// X<integer_c> xic;
4905    /// \endcode
4906    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
4907  };
4908
4909  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
4910                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
4911                                      bool Complain,
4912                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
4913                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
4914                                        = SourceLocation());
4915
4916  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
4917
4918  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4919  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
4920  ///
4921  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4922  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4923  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4924  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
4925  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
4926  TypeResult
4927  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4928                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
4929                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
4930
4931  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4932  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
4933  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
4934  ///
4935  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4936  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4937  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4938  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4939  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
4940  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4941  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4942  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4943  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4944  TypeResult
4945  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4946                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4947                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4948                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
4949                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4950                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4951                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4952                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4953
4954  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
4955                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4956                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4957                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
4958                             SourceLocation IILoc);
4959
4960  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
4961                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
4962                                                    DeclarationName Name);
4963  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4964
4965  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
4966  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
4967                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
4968
4969  std::string
4970  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
4971                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
4972
4973  std::string
4974  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
4975                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
4976                                  unsigned NumArgs);
4977
4978  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4979  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
4980  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4981
4982  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
4983  /// being diagnosed.
4984  ///
4985  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
4986  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
4987  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
4988    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
4989    UPPC_Expression = 0,
4990
4991    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
4992    UPPC_BaseType,
4993
4994    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
4995    UPPC_DeclarationType,
4996
4997    /// \brief The type of a data member.
4998    UPPC_DataMemberType,
4999
5000    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5001    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5002
5003    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5004    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5005
5006    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5007    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5008
5009    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5010    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5011
5012    /// \brief A using declaration.
5013    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5014
5015    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5016    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5017
5018    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5019    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5020
5021    /// \brief An initializer.
5022    UPPC_Initializer,
5023
5024    /// \brief A default argument.
5025    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5026
5027    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5028    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5029
5030    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5031    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5032
5033    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5034    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5035
5036    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5037    UPPC_IfExists,
5038
5039    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5040    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5041
5042    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5043    UPPC_Lambda,
5044
5045    /// \brief Block expression,
5046    UPPC_Block
5047};
5048
5049  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5050  ///
5051  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5052  ///
5053  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5054  /// parameter packs.
5055  ///
5056  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5057  ///
5058  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5059  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5060                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5061                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5062
5063  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5064  /// diagnose the error.
5065  ///
5066  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5067  ///
5068  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5069  /// packs.
5070  ///
5071  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5072  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5073                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5074
5075  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5076  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5077  ///
5078  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5079  /// parameter packs.
5080  ///
5081  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5082  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5083                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5084
5085  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5086  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5087  ///
5088  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5089  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5090  ///
5091  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5092  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5093                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5094
5095  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5096  /// diagnose the error.
5097  ///
5098  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5099  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5100  ///
5101  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5102  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5103                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5104
5105  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5106  /// diagnose the error.
5107  ///
5108  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5109  ///
5110  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5111  /// parameter packs.
5112  ///
5113  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5114  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5115                                       TemplateName Template,
5116                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5117
5118  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5119  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5120  ///
5121  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5122  /// parameter packs.
5123  ///
5124  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5125  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5126                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5127
5128  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5129  /// template argument.
5130  ///
5131  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5132  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5133  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5134                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5135
5136  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5137  /// template argument.
5138  ///
5139  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5140  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5141  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5142                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5143
5144  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5145  /// type.
5146  ///
5147  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5148  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5149  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5150                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5151
5152  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5153  /// type.
5154  ///
5155  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5156  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5157  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5158                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5159
5160  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5161  /// nested-name-specifier.
5162  ///
5163  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5164  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5165  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5166                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5167
5168  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5169  /// name.
5170  ///
5171  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5172  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5173  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5174                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5175
5176  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5177  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5178  ///
5179  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5180  /// may already be invalid.
5181  ///
5182  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5183  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5184                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5185
5186  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5187  /// creates a pack expansion.
5188  ///
5189  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5190  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5191  ///
5192  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5193  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5194
5195  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5196  /// expansion.
5197  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5198                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5199                                     llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5200
5201  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5202  /// expansion.
5203  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5204                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5205                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5206                              llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5207
5208  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5209  /// creates a pack expansion.
5210  ///
5211  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5212  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5213  ///
5214  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5215  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5216
5217  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5218  /// creates a pack expansion.
5219  ///
5220  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5221  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5222  ///
5223  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5224  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5225                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5226
5227  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5228  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5229  /// transforming the pattern.
5230  ///
5231  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5232  /// pack expansion.
5233  ///
5234  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5235  /// the pack expansion.
5236  ///
5237  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5238  /// pattern.
5239  ///
5240  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5241  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5242  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5243  ///
5244  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5245  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5246  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5247  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5248  ///
5249  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5250  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5251  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5252  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5253  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5254  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5255  /// set this value in other cases.
5256  ///
5257  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5258  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5259  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5260  /// must be set.
5261  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5262                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5263                             llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5264                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5265                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5266                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5267                                       llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5268
5269  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5270  /// type.
5271  ///
5272  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5273  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5274  ///
5275  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5276  llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5277                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5278
5279  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5280  /// parameter packs.
5281  ///
5282  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5283  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5284  ///
5285  /// \code
5286  ///   void f(T...);
5287  /// \endcode
5288  ///
5289  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5290  /// a variadic function.
5291  ///
5292  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5293  /// false otherwise.
5294  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5295
5296  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5297  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5298  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5299
5300  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5301  ///
5302  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5303  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5304  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5305  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5306  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5307  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5308  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5309  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5310    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5311    TDK_Success = 0,
5312    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5313    TDK_Invalid,
5314    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5315    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5316    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5317    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5318    /// for every template parameter.
5319    TDK_Incomplete,
5320    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5321    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5322    TDK_Inconsistent,
5323    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5324    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5325    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5326    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5327    TDK_Underqualified,
5328    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5329    /// resulted in an error.
5330    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5331    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5332    /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that
5333    /// produces a type that does not match the original template
5334    /// arguments provided.
5335    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5336    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5337    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5338    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5339    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5340    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5341    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5342    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5343    /// template arguments for the given template.
5344    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5345    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5346    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5347    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution
5348  };
5349
5350  TemplateDeductionResult
5351  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5352                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5353                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5354
5355  TemplateDeductionResult
5356  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5357                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5358                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5359                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5360                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5361                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5362
5363  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5364  // deduction for a call.
5365  struct OriginalCallArg {
5366    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5367                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5368                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5369      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5370        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5371
5372    QualType OriginalParamType;
5373    unsigned ArgIdx;
5374    QualType OriginalArgType;
5375  };
5376
5377  TemplateDeductionResult
5378  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5379                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5380                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5381                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5382                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5383           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5384
5385  TemplateDeductionResult
5386  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5387                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5388                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5389                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5390                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5391
5392  TemplateDeductionResult
5393  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5394                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5395                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5396                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5397                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5398
5399  TemplateDeductionResult
5400  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5401                          QualType ToType,
5402                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5403                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5404
5405  TemplateDeductionResult
5406  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5407                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5408                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5409                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5410
5411  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5412  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5413    DAR_Succeeded,
5414    DAR_Failed,
5415    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5416  };
5417
5418  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5419                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
5420  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5421
5422  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5423                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5424                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5425                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5426                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5427  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5428                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5429                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5430                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5431                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5432                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5433                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5434                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5435                                        bool Complain = true,
5436                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5437
5438  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5439  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5440                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5441                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5442                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5443
5444  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5445                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5446                                  unsigned Depth,
5447                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5448  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5449                                     llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5450    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5451  }
5452  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5453                                         FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5454                                         llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5455
5456  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5457  // C++ Template Instantiation
5458  //
5459
5460  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5461                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5462                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5463                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5464
5465  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5466  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5467    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5468    enum InstantiationKind {
5469      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5470      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5471      TemplateInstantiation,
5472
5473      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5474      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5475      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5476      /// arguments as specified.
5477      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5478      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5479
5480      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5481      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5482      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5483      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5484
5485      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5486      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5487      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5488
5489      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5490      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5491      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5492      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5493      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5494      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5495
5496      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5497      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5498      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5499      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5500
5501      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5502      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5503      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5504
5505      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5506      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5507      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5508    } Kind;
5509
5510    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5511    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5512
5513    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5514    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5515    /// arguments.
5516    NamedDecl *Template;
5517
5518    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5519    uintptr_t Entity;
5520
5521    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5522    /// are not part of the entity.
5523    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5524
5525    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5526    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5527
5528    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5529    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5530    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5531
5532    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5533    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5534    /// template instantiation.
5535    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5536
5537    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5538      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5539        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5540
5541    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5542    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5543    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5544
5545    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5546                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5547      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5548        return false;
5549
5550      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5551        return false;
5552
5553      switch (X.Kind) {
5554      case TemplateInstantiation:
5555      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5556        return true;
5557
5558      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5559      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5560        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5561          return false;
5562
5563        // Fall through
5564
5565      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5566      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5567      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5568      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5569        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5570
5571      }
5572
5573      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5574    }
5575
5576    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5577                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5578      return !(X == Y);
5579    }
5580  };
5581
5582  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5583  ///
5584  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5585  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5586  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5587  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5588  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5589    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5590
5591  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5592  /// template instantiation.
5593  ///
5594  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5595  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5596  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5597
5598  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5599  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5600  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5601  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5602
5603  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5604  /// error or warning was produced.
5605  ///
5606  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5607  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5608  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5609  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5610  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5611
5612  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5613  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5614  ///
5615  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5616  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5617  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5618  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5619
5620  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5621  /// within a \c Sema object.
5622  ///
5623  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5624  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5625    Sema &Self;
5626    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5627
5628  public:
5629    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5630      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5631      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5632    }
5633
5634    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5635      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5636    }
5637  };
5638
5639  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5640
5641  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5642  ///
5643  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5644  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5645  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5646
5647  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5648  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5649  /// deduction.
5650  ///
5651  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5652  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5653    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5654
5655  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5656  /// instantiation.
5657  ///
5658  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5659  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5660  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5661  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5662  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5663  ///
5664  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5665  /// the stack.
5666  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5667    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5668    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5669    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5670                          Decl *Entity,
5671                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5672
5673    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5674    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5675    /// of a function template.
5676    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5677                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5678                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5679
5680    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5681    /// template-id.
5682    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5683                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5684                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5685                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5686
5687    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5688    /// template-id.
5689    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5690                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5691                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5692                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5693                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5694                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5695
5696    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5697    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5698    /// specialization.
5699    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5700                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5701                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5702                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5703                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5704
5705    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5706                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5707                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5708                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5709
5710    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5711    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5712    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5713                          NamedDecl *Template,
5714                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5715                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5716                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5717
5718    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5719                          NamedDecl *Template,
5720                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5721                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5722                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5723
5724    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5725    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5726    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5727                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5728                          NamedDecl *Param,
5729                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5730                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5731
5732
5733    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5734    void Clear();
5735
5736    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5737
5738    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5739    /// recursive template instantiations.
5740    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5741
5742  private:
5743    Sema &SemaRef;
5744    bool Invalid;
5745    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5746    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5747                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5748
5749    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5750
5751    InstantiatingTemplate&
5752    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5753  };
5754
5755  void PrintInstantiationStack();
5756
5757  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
5758  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
5759  /// errors.
5760  ///
5761  /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
5762  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
5763  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
5764  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
5765  llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
5766
5767  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
5768  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
5769  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
5770    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
5771           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
5772    return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
5773  }
5774
5775  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
5776  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
5777  /// deduction.`
5778  class SFINAETrap {
5779    Sema &SemaRef;
5780    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
5781    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5782    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5783
5784  public:
5785    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
5786      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
5787        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
5788                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
5789        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
5790    {
5791      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
5792        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
5793      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5794    }
5795
5796    ~SFINAETrap() {
5797      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
5798      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
5799        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5800      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5801    }
5802
5803    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
5804    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
5805      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
5806    }
5807  };
5808
5809  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
5810  /// variables.
5811  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
5812
5813  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
5814  unsigned TyposCorrected;
5815
5816  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
5817    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
5818
5819  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
5820  /// name lookup.
5821  ///
5822  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
5823  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
5824  /// string represents a keyword.
5825  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
5826
5827  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
5828  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
5829
5830  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
5831  ///
5832  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
5833  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
5834  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
5835  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
5836  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
5837  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
5838  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
5839
5840  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5841  /// but have not yet been performed.
5842  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
5843
5844  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5845  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
5846  ///
5847  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
5848  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
5849  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
5850  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
5851  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
5852
5853  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
5854
5855  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5856                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5857                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5858
5859  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
5860                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5861                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5862
5863  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
5864                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5865                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5866
5867  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5868                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5869                                        SourceLocation Loc,
5870                                        DeclarationName Entity,
5871                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
5872                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
5873  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
5874                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5875                                int indexAdjustment,
5876                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
5877                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
5878  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
5879                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5880                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5881                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5882                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
5883  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
5884                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5885
5886  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
5887  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
5888  ///
5889  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
5890  ///
5891  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
5892  ///
5893  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
5894  /// default arguments will be dropped.
5895  ///
5896  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
5897  ///
5898  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
5899  ///
5900  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5901  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
5902                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5903                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
5904
5905  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
5906                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5907
5908  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
5909                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5910
5911  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
5912                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5913                       bool CXXDirectInit);
5914
5915  bool
5916  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5917                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5918                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5919
5920  bool
5921  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5922                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5923                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5924                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5925                   bool Complain = true);
5926
5927  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5928                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
5929                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5930                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5931
5932  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
5933    const Attr *TmplAttr;
5934    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
5935    Decl *NewDecl;
5936
5937    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
5938                              Decl *D)
5939      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
5940    { }
5941  };
5942  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
5943
5944  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5945                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
5946                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
5947                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
5948
5949  bool
5950  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5951                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
5952                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5953                           bool Complain = true);
5954
5955  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5956                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5957                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5958                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5959
5960  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
5961                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5962                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
5963                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5964
5965  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
5966  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
5967                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5968
5969  DeclarationNameInfo
5970  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5971                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5972  TemplateName
5973  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
5974                    SourceLocation Loc,
5975                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5976  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5977             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
5978             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5979
5980  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5981                                FunctionDecl *Function);
5982  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5983                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
5984                                     bool Recursive = false,
5985                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5986  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
5987                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5988                                     VarDecl *Var,
5989                                     bool Recursive = false,
5990                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5991
5992  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
5993                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
5994                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5995
5996  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
5997                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5998  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
5999                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6000
6001  // Objective-C declarations.
6002  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6003    OCK_None = -1,
6004    OCK_Interface = 0,
6005    OCK_Protocol,
6006    OCK_Category,
6007    OCK_ClassExtension,
6008    OCK_Implementation,
6009    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6010  };
6011  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6012
6013  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6014                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6015                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6016                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6017                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6018                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6019                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6020                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6021                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6022                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6023
6024  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6025                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6026                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6027                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6028
6029  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6030    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6031    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6032    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6033
6034  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6035                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6036                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6037                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6038                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6039                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6040                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6041
6042  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6043                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6044                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6045                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6046                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6047                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6048                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6049                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6050                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6051
6052  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6053                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6054                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6055                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6056                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6057
6058  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6059                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6060                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6061                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6062                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6063
6064  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6065                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6066
6067  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6068                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6069                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6070                                     unsigned NumElts);
6071
6072  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6073                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6074                                        unsigned NumElts,
6075                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6076
6077  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6078                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6079                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6080                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6081
6082  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6083  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6084  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6085  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6086                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6087                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6088                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6089
6090  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6091  /// setters and getters as needed.
6092  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6093  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6094  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6095  ///        in class extension.
6096  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6097  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6098                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6099                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6100                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6101
6102
6103  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6104                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6105                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6106  void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
6107
6108
6109  void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols);
6110
6111  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6112                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6113
6114  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6115                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6116
6117  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6118                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6119                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6120                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6121
6122  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6123                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6124                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6125                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6126                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6127                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6128                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6129
6130  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6131                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6132                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6133                              bool ImplKind,
6134                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6135                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6136                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6137
6138  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6139    OSMK_None,
6140    OSMK_Alloc,
6141    OSMK_New,
6142    OSMK_Copy,
6143    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6144    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6145  };
6146
6147  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6148    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6149    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6150    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6151    // in this case.
6152    ParsedType Type;
6153    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6154
6155    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6156    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6157  };
6158
6159  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6160    Scope *S,
6161    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6162    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6163    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6164    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6165    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6166    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6167    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6168    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6169    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6170    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6171    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6172
6173  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6174                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6175                                              bool IsInstance);
6176  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6177                                           bool IsInstance);
6178
6179  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6180
6181  ExprResult
6182  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6183                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6184                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6185                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6186                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6187                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6188                            bool Super);
6189
6190  ExprResult
6191  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6192                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6193                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6194                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6195
6196  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6197
6198  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6199  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6200  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6201    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6202    ObjCSuperMessage,
6203    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6204    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6205    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6206    /// name.
6207    ObjCClassMessage
6208  };
6209
6210  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6211                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6212                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6213                                     bool IsSuper,
6214                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6215                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6216
6217  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6218                               Selector Sel,
6219                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6220                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6221                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6222                               MultiExprArg Args);
6223
6224  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6225                               QualType ReceiverType,
6226                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6227                               Selector Sel,
6228                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6229                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6230                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6231                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6232                               MultiExprArg Args,
6233                               bool isImplicit = false);
6234
6235  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6236                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6237                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6238                                       Selector Sel,
6239                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6240                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6241
6242  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6243                               ParsedType Receiver,
6244                               Selector Sel,
6245                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6246                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6247                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6248                               MultiExprArg Args);
6249
6250  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6251                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6252                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6253                                  Selector Sel,
6254                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6255                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6256                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6257                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6258                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6259                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6260
6261  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6262                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6263                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6264                                          Selector Sel,
6265                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6266                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6267
6268  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6269                                  Expr *Receiver,
6270                                  Selector Sel,
6271                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6272                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6273                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6274                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6275
6276  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6277                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6278                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6279                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6280                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6281
6282  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6283                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6284                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6285                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6286                                  ParsedType Type,
6287                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6288                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6289
6290  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6291
6292  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6293  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6294  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6295                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
6296                               bool IsImplementation);
6297
6298  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6299  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6300    RTC_Compatible,
6301    RTC_Incompatible,
6302    RTC_Unknown
6303  };
6304
6305  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6306                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6307                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6308
6309  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6310    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6311    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6312    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6313    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6314    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6315    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6316  };
6317
6318  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6319  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6320                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6321
6322  enum PragmaPackKind {
6323    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6324    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6325    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6326    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6327  };
6328
6329  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6330    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6331    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6332  };
6333
6334  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6335  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6336                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6337                       Expr *Alignment,
6338                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6339                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6340                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6341
6342  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6343  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6344
6345  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6346  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6347                         Scope *curScope,
6348                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6349
6350  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6351  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6352                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6353
6354  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6355                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6356  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6357
6358  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6359  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6360                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6361                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6362
6363  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6364  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6365  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6366                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6367                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6368                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6369                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6370
6371  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6372  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6373                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6374                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6375                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6376                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6377
6378  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6379  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6380  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6381
6382  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6383  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6384  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6385
6386  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6387  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6388
6389  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6390  void FreePackedContext();
6391
6392  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6393  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6394  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6395                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6396
6397  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6398  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6399  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6400
6401  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6402  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6403  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6404
6405  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6406  void FreeVisContext();
6407
6408  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6409  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6410  /// the appropriate attribute.
6411  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6412
6413  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6414  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6415                      bool isDeclSpec);
6416  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6417                      bool isDeclSpec);
6418
6419  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6420  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6421    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6422    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6423    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6424    CCK_CStyleCast,
6425    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6426    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6427    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6428    CCK_OtherCast
6429  };
6430
6431  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6432  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6433  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6434  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6435                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6436                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6437                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6438                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6439
6440  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6441  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6442  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6443
6444  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6445  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6446  /// required.
6447  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6448
6449  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6450  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6451  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6452
6453  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6454  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6455  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6456
6457  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6458  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6459  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6460  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6461
6462  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6463  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6464  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6465  // type.
6466  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6467
6468  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6469  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6470  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6471  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6472
6473  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6474  enum VariadicCallType {
6475    VariadicFunction,
6476    VariadicBlock,
6477    VariadicMethod,
6478    VariadicConstructor,
6479    VariadicDoesNotApply
6480  };
6481
6482  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6483                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6484                                       Expr *Fn);
6485
6486  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6487  // vararg function.
6488  enum VarArgKind {
6489    VAK_Valid,
6490    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6491    VAK_Invalid
6492  };
6493
6494  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6495  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6496
6497  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6498  /// form of call prototypes.
6499  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6500                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6501                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6502                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6503                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6504                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6505                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6506                              bool AllowExplicit = false);
6507
6508  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6509  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6510  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6511                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6512
6513  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6514  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6515  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6516
6517  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6518  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6519  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6520  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6521  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6522  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6523                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6524
6525  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6526  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6527  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6528  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6529  /// source and destination type.
6530  enum AssignConvertType {
6531    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6532    Compatible,
6533
6534    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6535    /// accept as an extension.
6536    PointerToInt,
6537
6538    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6539    /// accept as an extension.
6540    IntToPointer,
6541
6542    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6543    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6544    FunctionVoidPointer,
6545
6546    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6547    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6548    IncompatiblePointer,
6549
6550    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6551    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6552    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6553    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6554    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6555
6556    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6557    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6558    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6559
6560    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6561    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6562    /// like address spaces.
6563    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6564
6565    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6566    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6567    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6568    /// extension.
6569    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6570
6571    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6572    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6573    IncompatibleVectors,
6574
6575    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6576    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6577    IntToBlockPointer,
6578
6579    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6580    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6581    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6582
6583    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6584    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6585    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6586    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6587
6588    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6589    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6590    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6591
6592    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6593    /// represent it in the AST.
6594    Incompatible
6595  };
6596
6597  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6598  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6599  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6600  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6601                                SourceLocation Loc,
6602                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6603                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6604                                bool *Complained = 0);
6605
6606  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6607  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6608  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6609                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6610
6611  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6612  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6613  /// C99 6.5.16.
6614  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6615                                               QualType LHSType,
6616                                               QualType RHSType);
6617
6618  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6619  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6620  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6621                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6622                                               CastKind &Kind);
6623
6624  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6625  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6626  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6627  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6628                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6629                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6630
6631  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6632  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6633  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6634                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6635
6636  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6637
6638  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6639
6640  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6641                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6642                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6643  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6644                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6645                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6646                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6647  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6648                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6649                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6650                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6651                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6652  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6653                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6654                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6655                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6656
6657  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6658  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6659
6660  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6661  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6662                           ExprResult &RHS);
6663  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6664    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6665    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6666  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6667    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6668    bool IsDivide);
6669  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6670    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6671    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6672  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6673    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6674    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6675  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6676    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6677    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6678  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6679    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6680    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6681  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6682    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6683                                bool isRelational);
6684  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6685    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6686    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6687  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6688    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6689  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6690  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6691  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6692  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6693    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6694
6695  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6696                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6697  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6698                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6699                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6700  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6701  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6702
6703  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6704    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6705    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6706  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6707    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6708    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6709  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6710                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6711  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6712                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6713                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6714    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6715    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6716                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6717    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6718    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6719    return Composite;
6720  }
6721
6722  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6723                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6724
6725  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6726                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6727
6728  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6729  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6730                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6731  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6732  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6733                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6734  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6735                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6736
6737  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6738  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
6739
6740  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
6741
6742  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
6743  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
6744  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
6745  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
6746    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
6747    /// reference binding is not possible.
6748    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
6749    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
6750    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
6751    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
6752    Ref_Related,
6753    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
6754    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
6755    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
6756    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
6757    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
6758    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
6759    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
6760    Ref_Compatible
6761  };
6762
6763  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
6764                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
6765                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
6766                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
6767                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
6768
6769  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
6770                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
6771                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
6772
6773  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
6774  /// given type.
6775  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
6776
6777  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
6778  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6779  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
6780  // returns true if the cast is invalid
6781  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
6782                       CastKind &Kind);
6783
6784  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
6785  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6786  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
6787  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
6788  // returns the cast expr
6789  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
6790                                CastKind &Kind);
6791
6792  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6793                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6794                                        Expr *CastExpr,
6795                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6796
6797  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
6798
6799  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
6800  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
6801  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
6802                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
6803                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6804
6805  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6806  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6807
6808  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
6809                                             QualType ExprType);
6810
6811  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
6812  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
6813  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
6814  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
6815  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
6816
6817  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6818  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
6819  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
6820
6821  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6822  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
6823  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6824
6825  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
6826  /// \param Method - May be null.
6827  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
6828  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
6829  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
6830                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
6831                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6832                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
6833                                 bool isSuperMessage,
6834                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
6835                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
6836
6837  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
6838  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
6839  /// and the form of the message send.
6840  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
6841                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6842                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
6843
6844  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
6845  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
6846  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
6847
6848  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
6849  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
6850  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
6851  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
6852  ///
6853  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
6854  /// 'if' keyword.
6855  /// \return true iff there were any errors
6856  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
6857
6858  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
6859                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6860
6861  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
6862  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
6863  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
6864
6865  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
6866  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
6867  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
6868
6869  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
6870  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
6871
6872  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
6873  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
6874  /// the specified diagnostic.
6875  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
6876                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
6877                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
6878
6879  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
6880  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
6881  /// in the global scope.
6882  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
6883
6884  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
6885  /// expression violations.
6886  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
6887  public:
6888    bool Suppress;
6889
6890    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
6891
6892    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
6893    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
6894    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
6895  };
6896
6897  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
6898  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
6899  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
6900  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6901                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
6902                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6903  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6904                                             unsigned DiagID,
6905                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6906  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
6907
6908  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
6909  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
6910  /// Returns false on success.
6911  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
6912  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
6913                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
6914                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
6915
6916  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
6917    CFT_Device,
6918    CFT_Global,
6919    CFT_Host,
6920    CFT_HostDevice
6921  };
6922
6923  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
6924
6925  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
6926                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
6927
6928  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
6929    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
6930                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
6931  }
6932
6933  /// \name Code completion
6934  //@{
6935  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
6936  enum ParserCompletionContext {
6937    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
6938    PCC_Namespace,
6939    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
6940    PCC_Class,
6941    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
6942    /// or category.
6943    PCC_ObjCInterface,
6944    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
6945    /// category implementation
6946    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
6947    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
6948    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
6949    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
6950    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
6951    /// headers.
6952    PCC_Template,
6953    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
6954    /// headers within a class.
6955    PCC_MemberTemplate,
6956    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
6957    PCC_Expression,
6958    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
6959    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
6960    PCC_Statement,
6961    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
6962    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
6963    PCC_ForInit,
6964    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
6965    /// while, switch, or for statement.
6966    PCC_Condition,
6967    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
6968    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
6969    /// in the grammar.
6970    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
6971    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
6972    PCC_Type,
6973    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
6974    /// might also be a type cast.
6975    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
6976    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
6977    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
6978    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
6979  };
6980
6981  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
6982  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
6983                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
6984  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
6985                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
6986                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
6987
6988  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
6989  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
6990                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
6991  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6992                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
6993                                       bool IsArrow);
6994  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
6995  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
6996  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
6997  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
6998  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
6999  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7000  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7001  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7002  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7003
7004  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7005                               bool EnteringContext);
7006  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7007  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7008  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7009  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7010  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7011  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7012                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7013                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7014  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7015                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7016
7017  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7018  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7019  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7020  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7021  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7022  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7023  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7024  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7025                                   bool IsParameter);
7026  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7027  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7028                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7029                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7030                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7031  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7032                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7033                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7034                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7035                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7036  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7037                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7038                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7039                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7040                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7041  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7042                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7043  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7044                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7045                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7046  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7047                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7048  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7049  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7050  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7051                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7052                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7053  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7054  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7055                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7056                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7057  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7058                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7059                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7060  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7061  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7062                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7063  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7064                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7065                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7066  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7067                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7068                                          bool AtParameterName,
7069                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7070                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7071                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7072  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7073  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7074  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7075  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7076  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7077                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7078                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7079                                             unsigned Argument);
7080  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7081  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7082                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7083                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7084  //@}
7085
7086  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7087  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7088
7089public:
7090  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7091                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7092
7093private:
7094  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7095                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7096                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7097  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7098  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7099  // FunctionDeclaration.
7100  struct FormatStringInfo {
7101    unsigned FormatIdx;
7102    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7103    bool HasVAListArg;
7104  };
7105
7106  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7107                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7108  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7109                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7110  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7111                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
7112  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7113                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7114  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7115                            Expr **Args,
7116                            unsigned NumArgs,
7117                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7118                            SourceLocation Loc);
7119
7120  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7121                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7122                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7123                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7124
7125
7126  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7127
7128  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7129  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7130  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7131
7132  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7133  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7134  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7135
7136public:
7137  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7138  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7139
7140private:
7141  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7142  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7143  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7144  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7145  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7146                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7147  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7148                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7149
7150  enum FormatStringType {
7151    FST_Scanf,
7152    FST_Printf,
7153    FST_NSString,
7154    FST_Strftime,
7155    FST_Strfmon,
7156    FST_Kprintf,
7157    FST_Unknown
7158  };
7159  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7160
7161  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7162    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7163    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7164    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7165  };
7166
7167  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7168                                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7169                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7170                                               unsigned format_idx,
7171                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7172                                               FormatStringType Type,
7173                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7174                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7175
7176  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7177                         Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
7178                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7179                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7180                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7181
7182  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
7183                            unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
7184                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7185                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7186  bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7187                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7188                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7189                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7190                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7191
7192  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7193                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7194                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7195
7196  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7197                               unsigned BId,
7198                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7199
7200  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7201                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7202
7203  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7204                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7205
7206  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7207                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7208  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7209  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7210
7211  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7212                                   Expr *Init);
7213
7214public:
7215  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7216  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7217                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7218                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7219
7220  struct TypeTagData {
7221    TypeTagData() {}
7222
7223    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7224        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7225        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7226    {}
7227
7228    QualType Type;
7229
7230    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7231    /// layout-compatibility.
7232    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7233    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7234  };
7235
7236  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7237  /// identifies the magic value.
7238  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7239
7240private:
7241  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7242  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7243      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7244
7245  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7246  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7247  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7248                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7249
7250  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7251  ///
7252  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7253  Scope *CurScope;
7254
7255protected:
7256  friend class Parser;
7257  friend class InitializationSequence;
7258  friend class ASTReader;
7259  friend class ASTWriter;
7260
7261public:
7262  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7263  ///
7264  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7265  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7266  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7267  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7268  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7269  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7270  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7271
7272  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7273
7274  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7275    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7276  }
7277
7278  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7279
7280  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7281    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7282    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7283    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7284      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7285    return DC;
7286  }
7287};
7288
7289/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7290class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7291  Sema &Actions;
7292
7293public:
7294  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7295                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7296                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7297                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7298    : Actions(Actions) {
7299    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7300                                            IsDecltype);
7301  }
7302  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7303                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7304                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7305                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7306    : Actions(Actions) {
7307    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7308                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7309                                            IsDecltype);
7310  }
7311
7312  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7313    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7314  }
7315};
7316
7317}  // end namespace clang
7318
7319#endif
7320